[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#216) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.7.20071028-2-g89d94f0
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:14:21 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 89d94f04794a2350b64cf33cff26c0933f8067a0 (commit)
from 5705c7c3ad208e4759d39f6d4423a7ff321bf467 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 1078 +++++++++++---------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 1134 ++++++++++++---------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1068 ++++++++++---------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 190 ++--
4 files changed, 1914 insertions(+), 1556 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 02cf111..38d1296 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-28 11:53+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 20:33+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-23 14:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert at imail.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1174
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:6
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-28 10:53 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 19:32 UTC</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
@@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
-"a Skolelinux assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, while "
-"allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-servers "
-"(with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as large "
-"or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the "
-"thin-client-serves, each of which is on a separate network so that the "
-"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client-server doesn't affect "
+"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
+"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-"
+"servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as "
+"large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for "
+"the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the "
+"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect "
"the rest of the network services."
msgstr ""
"Die Abbildung ist eine Skizze der angenommenen Netzwerktopologie. Die "
@@ -311,12 +311,13 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:80
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The reason that there can only be one main-server in each school network is "
-"that the main-server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
-"so in each network. It is possible to move the services of the main-server "
-"to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
-"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration pointing the DNS alias for that "
+"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
+"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
+"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to "
+"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
+"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
"service to the right computer."
msgstr ""
"Der Grund dafür, daß es nur einen Hauptserver in jedem Schulnetzwerk geben "
@@ -330,10 +331,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux the Internet "
+"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
-"both a modem as an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such "
-"a setup work out-of-the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust "
+"both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such "
+"a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the "
"default situation to this should be documented separately)."
msgstr ""
"Um die Standardinstallation von Skolelinux einfach zu halten, läuft die "
@@ -352,15 +353,15 @@ msgstr "Dienste"
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
-"initially set up on one central computer (the main-server). Because of "
-"performance reasons the thin-client-server should be a separate machine "
-"(though it is possible to install both the main-server and thin-client-"
-"server profiles on the same machine), All services are allocated a dedicated "
-"DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes "
-"it easy to move individual machines from the main-server to a different "
-"machine, by simply stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the "
-"DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should "
-"be setup on that machine first off course)."
+"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
+"reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is "
+"possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on "
+"the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are "
+"offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move "
+"individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply "
+"stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration "
+"to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that "
+"machine first of course)."
msgstr ""
"Abgesehen von der Steuerung der Thin-Client-Terminals, werden alle "
"Netzwerkdienste von einem zentralen Server (Hauptserver oder 'Tjener') "
@@ -448,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
-"Network configuration on the clients is done automagically using DHCP. "
+"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
"while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via "
"the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic "
@@ -499,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:114
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
-"follow established standards, functioning well in the webbrowsers which are "
+"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
"part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or "
"user groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
msgstr ""
@@ -508,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:115
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
-"problems, the clocks of the different machines need to be synchronized. To "
+"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
"achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time "
"Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to "
"synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should "
@@ -592,7 +593,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:128 release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:128 release-manual.xml:247
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"
@@ -718,22 +719,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:165
+#: release-manual.xml:164
msgid "Features"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:165
msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:175
+#: release-manual.xml:174
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:187
+#: release-manual.xml:186
msgid ""
"Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
"it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
@@ -744,22 +745,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:195
+#: release-manual.xml:194
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:200
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:210
+#: release-manual.xml:209
msgid ""
"(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -767,12 +768,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:213
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Vorraussetzungen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:214
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -782,7 +783,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
+#: release-manual.xml:223
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat </"
"ulink> clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum "
@@ -792,12 +793,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:228
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -805,18 +806,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr "Vorraussetzungen an das Netzwerk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:234
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -825,7 +826,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: release-manual.xml:234
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -839,7 +840,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -850,12 +851,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:248
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Wo sie weiter Informationen finden können"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:249
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch </"
@@ -865,12 +866,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:252 release-manual.xml:987 release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:251 release-manual.xml:1043 release-manual.xml:1069
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:256
+#: release-manual.xml:255
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -878,17 +879,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:259
+#: release-manual.xml:258
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
msgstr "Herunterladen eines Installationsmediums für Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:260
+#: release-manual.xml:259
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD's für i386, amd64 und powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:260
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -897,108 +898,108 @@ msgstr ""
"es herunterzuladen, nutze eine der beiden Methoden:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:262
+#: release-manual.xml:261
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:264
+#: release-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:266
+#: release-manual.xml:265
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:269
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr ""
"Oder, um eine Netzinstallation durchzuführen, kannst Du eine CD für die i386 "
"und für die amd64 Architektur herunterladen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:275
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:279
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:280
+#: release-manual.xml:279
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:281
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:288
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:289
+#: release-manual.xml:288
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:290
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:292
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:297
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1007,38 +1008,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:298
+#: release-manual.xml:297
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr "Der Quellcode für dieses Release ist auf einem DVD-Image verfügbar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:299
+#: release-manual.xml:298
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:302
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:308
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1047,25 +1048,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:312 release-manual.xml:366 release-manual.xml:592
-#: release-manual.xml:820 release-manual.xml:1108
+#: release-manual.xml:311 release-manual.xml:365 release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:316
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installation von CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: release-manual.xml:317
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1076,12 +1077,12 @@ msgstr ""
"vom jeweiligen Installationsprofil ab."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Installationsoptionen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:329
+#: release-manual.xml:328
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
@@ -1100,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Voreinstellungen für die Mehrheit unserer Anwender sehr gut passen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:329
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1109,7 +1110,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:333
+#: release-manual.xml:332
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1119,7 +1120,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:338
+#: release-manual.xml:337
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1128,7 +1129,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:364
+#: release-manual.xml:363
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1139,19 +1140,19 @@ msgstr ""
"müssen dies aber nicht <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:373
msgid ""
"FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
"workstation aka lowfat clients) installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:375
+#: release-manual.xml:374
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:376
+#: release-manual.xml:375
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1162,12 +1163,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:378
+#: release-manual.xml:377
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:378
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1178,7 +1179,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:380
+#: release-manual.xml:379
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1187,112 +1188,112 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:384
+#: release-manual.xml:383
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386
+#: release-manual.xml:385
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:391
+#: release-manual.xml:390
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:396
+#: release-manual.xml:395
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: release-manual.xml:400
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:406
+#: release-manual.xml:405
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:411
+#: release-manual.xml:410
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:415
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:421
+#: release-manual.xml:420
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:426
+#: release-manual.xml:425
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:431
+#: release-manual.xml:430
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:436
+#: release-manual.xml:435
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:441
+#: release-manual.xml:440
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:446
+#: release-manual.xml:445
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451
+#: release-manual.xml:450
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:454
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: release-manual.xml:456
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:464
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:469
+#: release-manual.xml:468
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:470
+#: release-manual.xml:469
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
"describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this "
@@ -1300,30 +1301,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:473
+#: release-manual.xml:472
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:478
+#: release-manual.xml:477
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:478
msgid "Using lwat web based management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:480
+#: release-manual.xml:479
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1331,7 +1332,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: release-manual.xml:485
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. There you will see the page below with the "
@@ -1342,38 +1343,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:487
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:488
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:490
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:495
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:497
+#: release-manual.xml:496
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:497
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1383,14 +1384,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:499
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:500
+#: release-manual.xml:499
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1398,19 +1399,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:500
msgid ""
"Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
"online manual of lwat."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:502
+#: release-manual.xml:501
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:502
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1424,77 +1425,77 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:511
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:513
+#: release-manual.xml:512
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:516
+#: release-manual.xml:515
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:518
+#: release-manual.xml:517
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:521
+#: release-manual.xml:520
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:523
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:526
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
+#: release-manual.xml:527
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:534
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:534
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: release-manual.xml:536
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:541
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:543
+#: release-manual.xml:542
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1504,12 +1505,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:548
+#: release-manual.xml:547
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:548
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1521,12 +1522,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:551
+#: release-manual.xml:550
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:554
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1534,17 +1535,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:557
+#: release-manual.xml:556
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:563
+#: release-manual.xml:562
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:564
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1553,107 +1554,192 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:564
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:566
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:568
-msgid "FIXME: describe Groups, Machine and Machine Administration here."
+#: release-manual.xml:567
+msgid ""
+"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
+"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
+"lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which "
+"usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu "
+"architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section of this manual."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:569
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For a description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url='/"
-"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section of "
-"this manual."
+"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
+"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:580
+msgid "10.0.2.10"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:582
+msgid "10.0.2.29"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:584
+msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:589
+msgid "10.0.2.30"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:591
+msgid "10.0.2.49"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:593
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:598
+msgid "10.0.2.50"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:600
+msgid "10.0.2.99"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:602
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Architektur </ulink> "
-"- Grundlagen von Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:571
+#: release-manual.xml:610
msgid ""
-"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
-"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
-"lwat has a hostname, an ip address, an mac address and a domain name which "
-"usually is \"intern\"."
+"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
+"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:572
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid ""
-"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
-"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
+"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
+"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
+"remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined "
+"configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:574
+#: release-manual.xml:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:618 release-manual.xml:642 release-manual.xml:919
+msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:621
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
+"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
+"by hand as shown directly below."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
-msgid "Adding debian-edu machines to the LDAP domain"
+#: release-manual.xml:622
+msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid ""
-"FIXME: add how, is that the right headline for this? (The [<ulink url='/"
-"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>../HowTo </ulink>] Chapter should cover "
-"how to add windows/macosx machines and be linked here. Each host should be "
-"added to dhcpd.conf with a fixed IP, and to the appropriate netgroup in LDAP "
-"using lwat. [pere 2007-07-18]"
+"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
+"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
+"computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </"
+"computeroutput> as root."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
-msgid "More lwat documentation"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:626
+msgid ""
+"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
+"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
+"<emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:629
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"host static00 {\n"
+" hardware ethernet 00:00:00:00:00:00;\n"
+" fixed-address static00;\n"
+"}\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:583
+#: release-manual.xml:634
msgid ""
-"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
+"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
+"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:587
-msgid "adding hosts to dhcpd"
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:636
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"host static00 {\n"
+" hardware ethernet 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6;\n"
+" fixed-address static00;\n"
+"}\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:588
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:645
msgid ""
-"You need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </computeroutput> and "
-"run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </computeroutput> as "
-"root."
+"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
+"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
-msgid "FIXME: explain what exactly to add <inlinemediaobject>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:647
+msgid "More lwat documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
+"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:652
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -1663,29 +1749,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:600
-msgid "FIXME: Go further, explain printconf"
+#: release-manual.xml:655
+msgid ""
+"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
+"do when this does not accomplish anything."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:605
+#: release-manual.xml:661
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:606
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:608
+#: release-manual.xml:664
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1695,14 +1784,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:612
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:613
+#: release-manual.xml:669
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -1710,7 +1799,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:616
+#: release-manual.xml:672
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -1719,19 +1808,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:619
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -1740,7 +1829,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:625
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -1748,41 +1837,41 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:682
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
"the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:627
+#: release-manual.xml:683
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:632
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:690
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -1790,17 +1879,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:637
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:641
+#: release-manual.xml:697
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -1809,7 +1898,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:644
+#: release-manual.xml:700
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1817,7 +1906,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -1826,7 +1915,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -1837,18 +1926,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:649
+#: release-manual.xml:705
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:650
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:651
+#: release-manual.xml:707
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -1860,12 +1949,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:656
+#: release-manual.xml:712
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -1873,14 +1962,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:717
msgid ""
"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -1891,19 +1980,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid "Prepare the System"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:721
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -1912,25 +2001,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:670
+#: release-manual.xml:726
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:729
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:732
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:735
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -1939,12 +2028,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:742
msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:687
+#: release-manual.xml:743
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -1952,12 +2041,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:747
msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -1965,12 +2054,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:697
+#: release-manual.xml:753
msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:754
msgid ""
"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo "
@@ -1985,72 +2074,72 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:758
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: release-manual.xml:759
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:763
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:769
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:775
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:730
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:787
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:732
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:789
msgid ""
"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2059,12 +2148,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2075,7 +2164,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:796
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2085,28 +2174,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:800
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:801
msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:749
+#: release-manual.xml:805
msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:750
+#: release-manual.xml:806
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2116,7 +2205,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid ""
"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2125,7 +2214,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2133,7 +2222,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:815
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2141,18 +2230,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:817
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:762
+#: release-manual.xml:818
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:763
+#: release-manual.xml:819
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2161,24 +2250,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
+#: release-manual.xml:822
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:768
+#: release-manual.xml:824
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:825
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:770
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2187,18 +2276,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:827
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:830
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2208,17 +2297,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:779
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:837
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:782
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
@@ -2231,12 +2320,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:842
msgid "Those are not that many:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: release-manual.xml:858
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
@@ -2245,7 +2334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:867
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -2253,38 +2342,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid ""
"(see the history of those wiki pages and ask the authors if they are fine "
"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:817
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid "Other topics"
msgstr "Andere Themen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid ""
"Other topics the documentation should cover, not neccessarily in the <ulink "
"url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Chapter though <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:823
+#: release-manual.xml:879
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
"definitly needs reorganisation - sorry translators <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:825
+#: release-manual.xml:881
msgid "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:829
+#: release-manual.xml:885
msgid ""
"Somewhere we also need to document lwat basics (howto create users, access "
"home dirs (or rather export them to machines) and (give a pointer to) italc "
@@ -2292,40 +2381,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:887
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:895
msgid "LDAP Setup"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:897
msgid "/etc/ in svk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:843
+#: release-manual.xml:899
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:900
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode </"
"ulink> - description of the kiosk mode settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:905
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:906
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2333,14 +2422,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:908
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
"package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:853
+#: release-manual.xml:909
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2349,19 +2438,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:856
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:915
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:860
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -2370,27 +2459,22 @@ msgid ""
"no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:863
-msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:866
+#: release-manual.xml:922
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:867
+#: release-manual.xml:923
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2399,14 +2483,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:927
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2414,12 +2498,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2427,13 +2511,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:932
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:933
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2441,12 +2525,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:880
+#: release-manual.xml:936
msgid "Java"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
@@ -2454,12 +2538,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:941
msgid "Sound & Video"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid ""
"- where to find libdvdcss for playing dvds. Should we promote <ulink "
"url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia.org/ </"
@@ -2467,14 +2551,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:946
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:891
+#: release-manual.xml:947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2482,19 +2566,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:893
+#: release-manual.xml:949
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:895
+#: release-manual.xml:951
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -2502,17 +2586,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:898
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:955
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -2520,12 +2604,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:959
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2534,12 +2618,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid "printer managing"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:908
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
@@ -2548,22 +2632,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:911
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:914
+#: release-manual.xml:970
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/"
@@ -2572,7 +2656,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, "
"specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this "
@@ -2580,33 +2664,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:917
+#: release-manual.xml:973
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:918
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\" X_VERTREFRESH = "
"\"59-62\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:975
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:920
+#: release-manual.xml:976
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:977
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your "
"dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
@@ -2614,12 +2698,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid "load balancing servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:924
+#: release-manual.xml:980
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in "
@@ -2631,12 +2715,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:927
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -2645,21 +2729,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:985
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:930
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -2669,12 +2753,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:991
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:936
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -2687,19 +2771,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:939
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: release-manual.xml:998
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -2709,12 +2793,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:1002
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -2723,22 +2807,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:1006
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org and backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:951
+#: release-manual.xml:1007
msgid "FIXME: describe howto..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:953
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid "remote Desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
"with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from "
@@ -2746,44 +2830,44 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid "Other solutions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"FIXME: should be rewritten to match the <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> "
"audience"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:1019
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1020
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:966
+#: release-manual.xml:1022
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -2793,7 +2877,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1024
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -2803,7 +2887,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -2818,7 +2902,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid ""
"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
@@ -2826,23 +2910,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:979
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:980
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:1038
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:986
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -2851,7 +2935,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -2862,48 +2946,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1050
msgid "Resources"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:995
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1056
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1060
msgid ""
"we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1008
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid "Documentation writers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -2911,12 +2995,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1074
msgid "Translations wanted"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1019
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
"Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
@@ -2926,24 +3010,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
"(the region of Extremadura)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1026
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -2951,22 +3035,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1087
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1033
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1034
+#: release-manual.xml:1090
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -2974,7 +3058,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -2982,12 +3066,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -2995,7 +3079,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1103
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3004,19 +3088,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -3027,24 +3111,24 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1126
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1071
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3052,12 +3136,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1076
+#: release-manual.xml:1132
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf "
@@ -3069,7 +3153,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
+#: release-manual.xml:1133
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3082,26 +3166,26 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1136
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -3114,12 +3198,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -3130,18 +3214,18 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen inNorwegisches Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr "Wenn Du beginnen möchtest mit der Übersetzung: Du kannst es tun!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1089
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3151,7 +3235,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -3167,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1151
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3175,14 +3259,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1158
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
@@ -3195,7 +3279,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -3207,12 +3291,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid "Potential problems for translations"
msgstr "Mögliche Probleme der Übersetzungen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid ""
"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3222,24 +3306,24 @@ msgstr ""
"unterstützen. Später <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1112
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr "Bitte berichte über andere Probleme."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1115
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1117
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see <ulink url='http://"
@@ -3249,7 +3333,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3258,7 +3342,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3267,7 +3351,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3275,17 +3359,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1126
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1128
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3294,12 +3378,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1130
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3313,7 +3397,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3324,7 +3408,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3336,14 +3420,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3352,7 +3436,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1195
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3360,7 +3444,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1141
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3369,7 +3453,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1143
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3384,7 +3468,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3398,7 +3482,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3407,7 +3491,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3416,7 +3500,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3425,7 +3509,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3434,7 +3518,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3445,7 +3529,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3455,7 +3539,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3469,7 +3553,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3479,7 +3563,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1218
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3491,7 +3575,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -3504,7 +3588,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3516,7 +3600,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3533,7 +3617,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3541,7 +3625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3555,14 +3639,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1173
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3574,7 +3658,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3583,7 +3667,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1233
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3595,7 +3679,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3608,7 +3692,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -3622,7 +3706,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1240
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -3636,27 +3720,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1191
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1196
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -3668,97 +3752,97 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1269
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215 release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1271 release-manual.xml:1278
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1283
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236 release-manual.xml:1243 release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1292 release-manual.xml:1299 release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1241
+#: release-manual.xml:1297
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1253
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1311
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1257
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1263
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -3767,22 +3851,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1266
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1270
+#: release-manual.xml:1326
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1331
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -3792,6 +3876,16 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For a description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url='/"
+#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section "
+#~ "of this manual."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Architektur </"
+#~ "ulink> - Grundlagen von Debian-Edu"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: also link to <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
#~ "HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> change IP setup of Debian Edu - but recommend "
#~ "against doing so."
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index ef56888..fe140a5 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-28 11:53+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 20:33+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-22 10:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr "DebianEdu/Documentación/Etch/TodoJunto"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1174
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:6
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-28 10:53 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 19:32 UTC</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
@@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
-"a Skolelinux assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, while "
-"allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-servers "
-"(with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as large "
-"or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the "
-"thin-client-serves, each of which is on a separate network so that the "
-"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client-server doesn't affect "
+"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
+"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-"
+"servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as "
+"large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for "
+"the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the "
+"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect "
"the rest of the network services."
msgstr ""
"La figura es un esquema de la topología de red. La configuración "
@@ -310,12 +310,13 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:80
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The reason that there can only be one main-server in each school network is "
-"that the main-server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
-"so in each network. It is possible to move the services of the main-server "
-"to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
-"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration pointing the DNS alias for that "
+"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
+"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
+"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to "
+"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
+"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
"service to the right computer."
msgstr ""
"La razón por la que sólo puede haber un servidor principal en cada red es "
@@ -329,10 +330,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux the Internet "
+"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
-"both a modem as an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such "
-"a setup work out-of-the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust "
+"both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such "
+"a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the "
"default situation to this should be documented separately)."
msgstr ""
"Para simplificar la configuración estándar de Skolelinux, la conexión a "
@@ -352,15 +353,15 @@ msgstr "Servicios"
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
-"initially set up on one central computer (the main-server). Because of "
-"performance reasons the thin-client-server should be a separate machine "
-"(though it is possible to install both the main-server and thin-client-"
-"server profiles on the same machine), All services are allocated a dedicated "
-"DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes "
-"it easy to move individual machines from the main-server to a different "
-"machine, by simply stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the "
-"DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should "
-"be setup on that machine first off course)."
+"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
+"reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is "
+"possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on "
+"the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are "
+"offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move "
+"individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply "
+"stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration "
+"to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that "
+"machine first of course)."
msgstr ""
"Con la excepción del control de los clientes ligeros, todos los servicios se "
"configuran inicialmente en un ordenador central (el servidor principal). "
@@ -466,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Network configuration on the clients is done automagically using DHCP. "
+"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
"while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via "
"the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic "
@@ -543,9 +544,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:114
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
-"follow established standards, functioning well in the webbrowsers which are "
+"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
"part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or "
"user groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
msgstr ""
@@ -559,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
-"problems, the clocks of the different machines need to be synchronized. To "
+"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
"achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time "
"Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to "
"synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should "
@@ -683,7 +685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"y es la que usan los clientes para autenticarse."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:128 release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:128 release-manual.xml:247
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Instalación"
@@ -854,23 +856,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Estas son varias notas de cosas que deberían incluirse en este documento."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:165
+#: release-manual.xml:164
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Características"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Características nuevas en la versión \"3.0 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:175
+#: release-manual.xml:174
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:187
+#: release-manual.xml:186
msgid ""
"Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
"it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
@@ -881,24 +883,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:195
+#: release-manual.xml:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Características de la versión 2.0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:200
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
+#: release-manual.xml:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Características de la versión \"1.0 venus\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:210
+#: release-manual.xml:209
msgid ""
"(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -906,12 +908,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:213
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:214
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -926,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr ""
"puestos de cliente."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
+#: release-manual.xml:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat </"
@@ -940,14 +942,14 @@ msgstr ""
"MHz de cpu. Se necesita también swap."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:228
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
"POR HACER: añadir enlaces a las explicaciones del servidor principal y "
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
@@ -959,18 +961,18 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:234
+#: release-manual.xml:233
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
@@ -982,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dirección IP 10.0.2.1 en el interfaz interno."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: release-manual.xml:234
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -996,7 +998,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -1007,12 +1009,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:248
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Donde encontrar más información"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
@@ -1028,12 +1030,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:252 release-manual.xml:987 release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:251 release-manual.xml:1043 release-manual.xml:1069
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:256
+#: release-manual.xml:255
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1044,18 +1046,18 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:259
+#: release-manual.xml:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
msgstr "Descargar un formato de instalación para Debian-edu etch 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:260
+#: release-manual.xml:259
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVDs para i386, amd64 y powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:260
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1064,106 +1066,106 @@ msgstr ""
"de estos métodos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:262
+#: release-manual.xml:261
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:264
+#: release-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:266
+#: release-manual.xml:265
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:269
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr "o con el cd netinstall puedes descargarla para i386"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:275
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:279
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:280
+#: release-manual.xml:279
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:281
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:288
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:289
+#: release-manual.xml:288
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:290
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:292
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:297
+#: release-manual.xml:296
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
@@ -1177,38 +1179,38 @@ msgstr ""
"no ser soportada como las demás arquitecturas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:298
+#: release-manual.xml:297
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:299
+#: release-manual.xml:298
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:302
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:308
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1217,25 +1219,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:312 release-manual.xml:366 release-manual.xml:592
-#: release-manual.xml:820 release-manual.xml:1108
+#: release-manual.xml:311 release-manual.xml:365 release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:316
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Instalación desde CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: release-manual.xml:317
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1245,12 +1247,12 @@ msgstr ""
"el resto desde la red. La cantidad de paquetes a descargar depende del pefil:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Opciones de instalación"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:329
+#: release-manual.xml:328
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
@@ -1269,7 +1271,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ponemos por defecto van estupendamente."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:329
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1278,7 +1280,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:333
+#: release-manual.xml:332
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1288,7 +1290,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:338
+#: release-manual.xml:337
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1297,7 +1299,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:364
+#: release-manual.xml:363
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1308,7 +1310,7 @@ msgstr ""
"obligatorio <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:373
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
@@ -1320,12 +1322,12 @@ msgstr ""
"configuran después de la instalación, siguiendo el tutorial para ello."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:375
+#: release-manual.xml:374
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:376
+#: release-manual.xml:375
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1336,12 +1338,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:378
+#: release-manual.xml:377
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:378
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1352,7 +1354,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:380
+#: release-manual.xml:379
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1361,7 +1363,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:384
+#: release-manual.xml:383
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -1369,77 +1371,77 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386
+#: release-manual.xml:385
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:391
+#: release-manual.xml:390
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:396
+#: release-manual.xml:395
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: release-manual.xml:400
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:406
+#: release-manual.xml:405
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:411
+#: release-manual.xml:410
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:415
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:421
+#: release-manual.xml:420
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:426
+#: release-manual.xml:425
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:431
+#: release-manual.xml:430
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:436
+#: release-manual.xml:435
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:441
+#: release-manual.xml:440
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:446
+#: release-manual.xml:445
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451
+#: release-manual.xml:450
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:454
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -1448,29 +1450,29 @@ msgstr ""
"resolución para este pantallazo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: release-manual.xml:456
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:464
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:469
+#: release-manual.xml:468
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:470
+#: release-manual.xml:469
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
@@ -1482,18 +1484,18 @@ msgstr ""
"las cosas que todo el mundo tiene que hacer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:473
+#: release-manual.xml:472
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servicios que corren en el servidor principal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:478
+#: release-manual.xml:477
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -1502,12 +1504,12 @@ msgstr ""
"interfaz web. Los describiremos aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:478
msgid "Using lwat web based management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:480
+#: release-manual.xml:479
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1515,7 +1517,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: release-manual.xml:485
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
@@ -1531,39 +1533,39 @@ msgstr ""
"de la instalación su nombre de usuario es:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:487
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:488
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:490
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:495
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:497
+#: release-manual.xml:496
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:497
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1573,14 +1575,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:499
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:500
+#: release-manual.xml:499
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1588,19 +1590,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:500
msgid ""
"Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
"online manual of lwat."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:502
+#: release-manual.xml:501
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:502
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1614,79 +1616,79 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:511
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:513
+#: release-manual.xml:512
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:516
+#: release-manual.xml:515
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:518
+#: release-manual.xml:517
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:521
+#: release-manual.xml:520
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:523
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:526
+#: release-manual.xml:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
+#: release-manual.xml:527
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:534
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:534
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: release-manual.xml:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:541
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:543
+#: release-manual.xml:542
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1696,12 +1698,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:548
+#: release-manual.xml:547
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:548
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1713,13 +1715,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:551
+#: release-manual.xml:550
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:554
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1727,19 +1729,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:557
+#: release-manual.xml:556
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:563
+#: release-manual.xml:562
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:564
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1748,116 +1750,199 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:564
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:568
-msgid "FIXME: describe Groups, Machine and Machine Administration here."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:567
+msgid ""
+"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
+"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
+"lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which "
+"usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu "
+"architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section of this manual."
msgstr ""
-"POR CORREGIR: describir Grupos, Máquinas y Administración de las Máquinas "
-"aquí."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:569
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For a description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url='/"
-"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section of "
-"this manual."
+"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
+"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:580
+msgid "10.0.2.10"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:582
+msgid "10.0.2.29"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:584
+msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:589
+msgid "10.0.2.30"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:591
+msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Arquitectura </"
-"ulink> - Las bases de diseño de Debian-Edu"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:593
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
+"indicaciones básicas:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:598
+msgid "10.0.2.50"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:600
+msgid "10.0.2.99"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:602
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
+"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:571
+#: release-manual.xml:610
msgid ""
-"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
-"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
-"lwat has a hostname, an ip address, an mac address and a domain name which "
-"usually is \"intern\"."
+"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
+"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:572
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid ""
-"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
-"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
+"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
+"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
+"remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined "
+"configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:574
+#: release-manual.xml:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
-msgid "Adding debian-edu machines to the LDAP domain"
-msgstr "Añadir máquinas debian-edu al dominio LDAP"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:618 release-manual.xml:642 release-manual.xml:919
+msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
-#, fuzzy
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:621
msgid ""
-"FIXME: add how, is that the right headline for this? (The [<ulink url='/"
-"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>../HowTo </ulink>] Chapter should cover "
-"how to add windows/macosx machines and be linked here. Each host should be "
-"added to dhcpd.conf with a fixed IP, and to the appropriate netgroup in LDAP "
-"using lwat. [pere 2007-07-18]"
+"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
+"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
+"by hand as shown directly below."
msgstr ""
-"POR CORREGIR: añadir como, ¿es este el sitio adecuado? (El capítulo [. "
-"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted/HowTo'>/Como </"
-"ulink>] debería cubrir como añadir máquinas windows/macosx y enlazar aquí. "
-"Cada puesto debería añadirse a dhcpd.conf con una IP fija y al grupo de red "
-"apropiado en LDAP usando lwat. [pere 2007-07-18]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
-msgid "More lwat documentation"
+#: release-manual.xml:622
+msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:583
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid ""
-"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
+"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
+"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
+"computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </"
+"computeroutput> as root."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:587
-msgid "adding hosts to dhcpd"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:626
+msgid ""
+"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
+"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
+"<emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:588
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:629
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"You need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </computeroutput> and "
-"run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </computeroutput> as "
-"root."
+"host static00 {\n"
+" hardware ethernet 00:00:00:00:00:00;\n"
+" fixed-address static00;\n"
+"}\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
-msgid "FIXME: explain what exactly to add <inlinemediaobject>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:634
+msgid ""
+"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
+"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:636
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"host static00 {\n"
+" hardware ethernet 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6;\n"
+" fixed-address static00;\n"
+"}\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:645
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
+"whenever you have changed the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:647
+msgid "More lwat documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
+"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:652
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:653
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
@@ -1873,23 +1958,25 @@ msgstr ""
"debería accederse a este sitio sin usar ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:600
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "FIXME: Go further, explain printconf"
-msgstr "POR CORREGIR: Ir más allá"
+#: release-manual.xml:655
+msgid ""
+"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
+"do when this does not accomplish anything."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:605
+#: release-manual.xml:661
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Actualizar el software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:606
+#: release-manual.xml:662
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
@@ -1897,7 +1984,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "documentar como usar aptitude upgrade /kde-update-notifier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:608
+#: release-manual.xml:664
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1907,14 +1994,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:612
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:613
+#: release-manual.xml:669
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -1922,7 +2009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:616
+#: release-manual.xml:672
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -1931,19 +2018,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:619
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -1956,7 +2043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"introducir la contraseña de root. Si intenta acceder sin ssl no funcionará."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:625
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -1964,14 +2051,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:682
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
"the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:627
+#: release-manual.xml:683
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -1980,27 +2067,27 @@ msgstr ""
"mejor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorización del Servidor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:632
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:690
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -2011,17 +2098,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:637
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
msgstr "dar apuntes sobre munin, sitesummary y nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:641
+#: release-manual.xml:697
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Actualizaciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:698
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -2035,7 +2122,7 @@ msgstr ""
"más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:644
+#: release-manual.xml:700
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -2046,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2059,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ver si todo funciona como debiera."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:703
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
@@ -2075,20 +2162,20 @@ msgstr ""
"durante algún tiempo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:649
+#: release-manual.xml:705
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian-Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:650
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Lea este capítulo por completo antes de empezar a actualizar sus sitemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:651
+#: release-manual.xml:707
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
@@ -2108,12 +2195,12 @@ msgstr ""
"antes de actualizar!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Cambiado el esquema de particiones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:656
+#: release-manual.xml:712
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2124,7 +2211,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en Sarge tiene dos Grupos de Unidades:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -2133,7 +2220,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambios internos del instalador."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:717
msgid ""
"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -2150,12 +2237,12 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización fallará por falta de espacio en el dispositivo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid "Prepare the System"
msgstr "Preparar el sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -2164,7 +2251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tendrá que redimensionar esta partición:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:721
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2176,25 +2263,25 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:670
+#: release-manual.xml:726
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:729
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:732
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:735
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2206,12 +2293,12 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:742
msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ahora inicie la actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:687
+#: release-manual.xml:743
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2221,12 +2308,12 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:747
msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
msgstr "después de modificar su sources.list:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -2236,12 +2323,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:697
+#: release-manual.xml:753
msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:754
msgid ""
"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo "
@@ -2265,12 +2352,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o en el IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:758
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurar nagios-common"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: release-manual.xml:759
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -2279,54 +2366,54 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:763
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurar console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:769
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurar systat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurar popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:775
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configurar libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:730
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
msgstr "* Actualizar ahora glibc. Respuesta: Sí"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:787
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
msgstr "* Reiniciar servicios. Respuesta Sí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:732
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
@@ -2335,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización empieza a reemplazar los paquetes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:789
msgid ""
"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2348,12 +2435,12 @@ msgstr ""
"instalar la más nueva."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "La actualización fallará con este mensaje de error:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2369,7 +2456,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:796
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2384,28 +2471,28 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proceso de actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:800
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:801
msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
msgstr "Ahora la actualización funciona de nuevo:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Algunos archivos de configuración modificados (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:749
+#: release-manual.xml:805
msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
msgstr "Y la instalación vuelve a fallar:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:750
+#: release-manual.xml:806
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2419,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid ""
"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2432,7 +2519,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiar los permisos de los ficheros de configuración:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2442,7 +2529,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:815
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2453,18 +2540,18 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proces de dist-upgrade con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:817
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "apt-get dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:762
+#: release-manual.xml:818
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "El siguiente error que aparece es este:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:763
+#: release-manual.xml:819
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2476,24 +2563,24 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
+#: release-manual.xml:822
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Elimine el paquete: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:768
+#: release-manual.xml:824
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:825
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "y espere hasta que termine. Después reinicie el dist-upgrade de nuevo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:770
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2502,19 +2589,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:827
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:830
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:831
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -2530,17 +2617,17 @@ msgstr ""
"UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink> Después actualice a Terra (versión basada en etch)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:779
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:837
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:782
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
@@ -2553,12 +2640,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:842
msgid "Those are not that many:"
msgstr "No son demasiados:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: release-manual.xml:858
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
@@ -2571,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiarse el apunte a $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:867
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -2582,7 +2669,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid ""
"(see the history of those wiki pages and ask the authors if they are fine "
"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL)"
@@ -2591,12 +2678,12 @@ msgstr ""
"les importa moverlas al howto y ponerlas bajo GPL)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:817
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid "Other topics"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid ""
"Other topics the documentation should cover, not neccessarily in the <ulink "
"url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Chapter though <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -2605,7 +2692,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Capítulo sobre <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:823
+#: release-manual.xml:879
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
"definitly needs reorganisation - sorry translators <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -2614,12 +2701,12 @@ msgstr ""
"reorganizarse - lo siento por los traductores <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:825
+#: release-manual.xml:881
msgid "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:829
+#: release-manual.xml:885
msgid ""
"Somewhere we also need to document lwat basics (howto create users, access "
"home dirs (or rather export them to machines) and (give a pointer to) italc "
@@ -2630,7 +2717,7 @@ msgstr ""
"máquinas) y dar enlaces a la documentación de italc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:887
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -2638,23 +2725,23 @@ msgstr ""
"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:895
msgid "LDAP Setup"
msgstr "Configuración de LDAP"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:897
msgid "/etc/ in svk"
msgstr "/etc/ en svk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:843
+#: release-manual.xml:899
#, fuzzy
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:900
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode </"
@@ -2664,12 +2751,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:905
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:906
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2677,14 +2764,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:908
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
"package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:853
+#: release-manual.xml:909
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2693,19 +2780,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:856
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:915
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:860
+#: release-manual.xml:916
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -2717,13 +2804,8 @@ msgstr ""
"paquete debian. Requiere una conexión funcional a internet, y descargará el "
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:863
-msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:866
+#: release-manual.xml:922
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
@@ -2732,7 +2814,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:867
+#: release-manual.xml:923
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -2741,7 +2823,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funciona tanto con konqueror como con firefox"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2750,14 +2832,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:927
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2765,12 +2847,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2778,13 +2860,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:932
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:933
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2792,12 +2874,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:880
+#: release-manual.xml:936
msgid "Java"
msgstr "Java"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
@@ -2805,12 +2887,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:941
msgid "Sound & Video"
msgstr "Sonido y Vídeo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid ""
"- where to find libdvdcss for playing dvds. Should we promote <ulink "
"url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia.org/ </"
@@ -2821,14 +2903,14 @@ msgstr ""
"org/ </ulink> o algún otro sitio?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:946
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:891
+#: release-manual.xml:947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2836,19 +2918,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:893
+#: release-manual.xml:949
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:895
+#: release-manual.xml:951
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -2856,18 +2938,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:898
+#: release-manual.xml:954
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:955
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -2875,12 +2957,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:959
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2893,12 +2975,12 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid "printer managing"
msgstr "gestión de impresora"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:908
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
@@ -2907,22 +2989,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:911
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
msgstr "Configuración del Cortafuegos (coyote linux)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:914
+#: release-manual.xml:970
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/"
@@ -2931,7 +3013,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, "
"specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this "
@@ -2939,33 +3021,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:917
+#: release-manual.xml:973
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:918
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\" X_VERTREFRESH = "
"\"59-62\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:975
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:920
+#: release-manual.xml:976
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:977
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your "
"dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
@@ -2973,12 +3055,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid "load balancing servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:924
+#: release-manual.xml:980
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in "
@@ -2990,12 +3072,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:927
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3008,7 +3090,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:985
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -3017,14 +3099,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:930
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3039,12 +3121,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:991
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:936
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3065,7 +3147,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:939
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -3075,13 +3157,13 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: release-manual.xml:998
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -3097,12 +3179,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:1002
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -3111,22 +3193,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:1006
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org and backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:951
+#: release-manual.xml:1007
msgid "FIXME: describe howto..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:953
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid "remote Desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
@@ -3138,45 +3220,45 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other solutions"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"FIXME: should be rewritten to match the <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> "
"audience"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:1019
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1020
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:966
+#: release-manual.xml:1022
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3186,7 +3268,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1024
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3196,7 +3278,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3211,7 +3293,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid ""
"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
@@ -3219,23 +3301,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:979
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:980
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:1038
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:986
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -3244,7 +3326,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -3255,19 +3337,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1050
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:995
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
@@ -3276,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1056
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
@@ -3285,25 +3367,25 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu </ulink> - lista de correo orientada a desarrolladores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1060
msgid ""
"we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1008
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -3314,12 +3396,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1074
msgid "Translations wanted"
msgstr "Se necesitan traducciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1019
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
"Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
@@ -3329,13 +3411,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
#, fuzzy
msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
msgstr "Unirse a un equipo local de Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
"(the region of Extremadura)."
@@ -3344,13 +3426,13 @@ msgstr ""
"España (la región de Extremadura con LinEx)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1026
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
msgstr "Comenzar un nuevo equipo local de debian-edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -3362,22 +3444,22 @@ msgstr ""
"edu!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1087
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1033
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid "in english"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1034
+#: release-manual.xml:1090
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -3389,7 +3471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -3400,12 +3482,12 @@ msgstr ""
"útil para informar de problemas que para que te ayuden"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3417,7 +3499,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3430,12 +3512,12 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid "in german"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -3446,7 +3528,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -3456,12 +3538,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid "in french"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -3471,12 +3553,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1126
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1071
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3487,12 +3569,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1076
+#: release-manual.xml:1132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -3504,7 +3586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
+#: release-manual.xml:1133
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3516,12 +3598,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1136
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -3530,7 +3612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -3539,7 +3621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -3550,12 +3632,12 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -3566,18 +3648,18 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1089
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3587,7 +3669,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -3602,7 +3684,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1151
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3610,14 +3692,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1158
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and "
@@ -3626,7 +3708,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -3640,12 +3722,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid "Potential problems for translations"
msgstr "Problemas potenciales para los traductores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid ""
"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3654,24 +3736,24 @@ msgstr ""
"diferentes imágenes con diferentes traducciones <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1112
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1115
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1117
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -3685,7 +3767,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3694,7 +3776,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3703,7 +3785,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3711,17 +3793,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1126
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1128
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3730,12 +3812,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1130
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3749,7 +3831,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3760,7 +3842,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3772,14 +3854,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3788,7 +3870,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1195
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3796,7 +3878,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1141
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3805,7 +3887,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1143
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3820,7 +3902,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3834,7 +3916,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3843,7 +3925,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3852,7 +3934,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3861,7 +3943,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3870,7 +3952,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3881,7 +3963,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3891,7 +3973,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3905,7 +3987,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3915,7 +3997,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1218
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3927,7 +4009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -3940,7 +4022,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3952,7 +4034,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3969,7 +4051,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3977,7 +4059,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3991,14 +4073,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1173
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -4010,7 +4092,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -4019,7 +4101,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1233
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -4031,7 +4113,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -4044,7 +4126,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -4058,7 +4140,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1240
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -4072,27 +4154,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1191
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1196
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -4104,99 +4186,99 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1269
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215 release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1271 release-manual.xml:1278
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1283
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236 release-manual.xml:1243 release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1292 release-manual.xml:1299 release-manual.xml:1306
#, fuzzy
msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1241
+#: release-manual.xml:1297
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1253
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1311
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1257
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1263
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -4205,28 +4287,68 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1266
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1270
+#: release-manual.xml:1326
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1331
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "FIXME: describe Groups, Machine and Machine Administration here."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "POR CORREGIR: describir Grupos, Máquinas y Administración de las Máquinas "
+#~ "aquí."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For a description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url='/"
+#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section "
+#~ "of this manual."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Arquitectura </"
+#~ "ulink> - Las bases de diseño de Debian-Edu"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Adding debian-edu machines to the LDAP domain"
+#~ msgstr "Añadir máquinas debian-edu al dominio LDAP"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: add how, is that the right headline for this? (The [<ulink url='/"
+#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>../HowTo </ulink>] Chapter should "
+#~ "cover how to add windows/macosx machines and be linked here. Each host "
+#~ "should be added to dhcpd.conf with a fixed IP, and to the appropriate "
+#~ "netgroup in LDAP using lwat. [pere 2007-07-18]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "POR CORREGIR: añadir como, ¿es este el sitio adecuado? (El capítulo [. "
+#~ "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted/HowTo'>/Como </"
+#~ "ulink>] debería cubrir como añadir máquinas windows/macosx y enlazar "
+#~ "aquí. Cada puesto debería añadirse a dhcpd.conf con una IP fija y al "
+#~ "grupo de red apropiado en LDAP usando lwat. [pere 2007-07-18]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "FIXME: Go further, explain printconf"
+#~ msgstr "POR CORREGIR: Ir más allá"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#~ msgid "FIXME: We suggest coyote (link) or or. link to setup documentation"
#~ msgstr ""
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index c24cf85..223cc06 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-28 11:53+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 20:33+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-14 11:34MET\n"
"Last-Translator: Petter Reinholdtsen <pere at hungry.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-nb at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1174
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:6
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-28 10:53 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 19:32 UTC</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
@@ -224,33 +224,33 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
-"a Skolelinux assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, while "
-"allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-servers "
-"(with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as large "
-"or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the "
-"thin-client-serves, each of which is on a separate network so that the "
-"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client-server doesn't affect "
+"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
+"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-"
+"servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as "
+"large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for "
+"the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the "
+"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect "
"the rest of the network services."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid ""
-"The reason that there can only be one main-server in each school network is "
-"that the main-server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
-"so in each network. It is possible to move the services of the main-server "
-"to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
-"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration pointing the DNS alias for that "
+"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
+"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
+"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to "
+"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
+"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
"service to the right computer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid ""
-"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux the Internet "
+"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
-"both a modem as an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such "
-"a setup work out-of-the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust "
+"both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such "
+"a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the "
"default situation to this should be documented separately)."
msgstr ""
@@ -263,15 +263,15 @@ msgstr "Tjenester"
#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
-"initially set up on one central computer (the main-server). Because of "
-"performance reasons the thin-client-server should be a separate machine "
-"(though it is possible to install both the main-server and thin-client-"
-"server profiles on the same machine), All services are allocated a dedicated "
-"DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes "
-"it easy to move individual machines from the main-server to a different "
-"machine, by simply stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the "
-"DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should "
-"be setup on that machine first off course)."
+"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
+"reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is "
+"possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on "
+"the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are "
+"offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move "
+"individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply "
+"stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration "
+"to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that "
+"machine first of course)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
-"Network configuration on the clients is done automagically using DHCP. "
+"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
"while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via "
"the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic "
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:114
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
-"follow established standards, functioning well in the webbrowsers which are "
+"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
"part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or "
"user groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
msgstr ""
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:115
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
-"problems, the clocks of the different machines need to be synchronized. To "
+"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
"achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time "
"Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to "
"synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should "
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:128 release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:128 release-manual.xml:247
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -605,22 +605,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:165
+#: release-manual.xml:164
msgid "Features"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:165
msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:175
+#: release-manual.xml:174
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:187
+#: release-manual.xml:186
msgid ""
"Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
"it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
@@ -631,22 +631,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:195
+#: release-manual.xml:194
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:200
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:210
+#: release-manual.xml:209
msgid ""
"(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -654,12 +654,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:213
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:214
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
+#: release-manual.xml:223
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat </"
"ulink> clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum "
@@ -679,12 +679,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:228
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -692,17 +692,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:231
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:234
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: release-manual.xml:234
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -736,12 +736,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:248
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:249
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch </"
@@ -751,12 +751,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:252 release-manual.xml:987 release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:251 release-manual.xml:1043 release-manual.xml:1069
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:256
+#: release-manual.xml:255
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -764,123 +764,123 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:259
+#: release-manual.xml:258
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:260
+#: release-manual.xml:259
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:260
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:262
+#: release-manual.xml:261
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:264
+#: release-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:266
+#: release-manual.xml:265
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:269
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:275
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:279
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:280
+#: release-manual.xml:279
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:281
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:288
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:289
+#: release-manual.xml:288
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:290
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:292
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:297
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -889,38 +889,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:298
+#: release-manual.xml:297
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:299
+#: release-manual.xml:298
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:302
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:308
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -929,25 +929,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:312 release-manual.xml:366 release-manual.xml:592
-#: release-manual.xml:820 release-manual.xml:1108
+#: release-manual.xml:311 release-manual.xml:365 release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:316
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installasjon fra CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: release-manual.xml:317
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -955,12 +955,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:329
+#: release-manual.xml:328
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:329
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:333
+#: release-manual.xml:332
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:338
+#: release-manual.xml:337
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:364
+#: release-manual.xml:363
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1007,19 +1007,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:373
msgid ""
"FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
"workstation aka lowfat clients) installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:375
+#: release-manual.xml:374
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:376
+#: release-manual.xml:375
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1030,12 +1030,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:378
+#: release-manual.xml:377
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:378
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:380
+#: release-manual.xml:379
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1055,112 +1055,112 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:384
+#: release-manual.xml:383
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386
+#: release-manual.xml:385
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:391
+#: release-manual.xml:390
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:396
+#: release-manual.xml:395
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: release-manual.xml:400
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:406
+#: release-manual.xml:405
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:411
+#: release-manual.xml:410
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:415
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:421
+#: release-manual.xml:420
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:426
+#: release-manual.xml:425
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:431
+#: release-manual.xml:430
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:436
+#: release-manual.xml:435
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:441
+#: release-manual.xml:440
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:446
+#: release-manual.xml:445
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451
+#: release-manual.xml:450
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:454
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: release-manual.xml:456
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:464
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:469
+#: release-manual.xml:468
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:470
+#: release-manual.xml:469
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
"describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this "
@@ -1168,29 +1168,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:473
+#: release-manual.xml:472
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:478
+#: release-manual.xml:477
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:478
msgid "Using lwat web based management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:480
+#: release-manual.xml:479
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: release-manual.xml:485
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. There you will see the page below with the "
@@ -1209,37 +1209,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:487
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:488
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:495
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:497
+#: release-manual.xml:496
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:497
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1249,14 +1249,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:499
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:500
+#: release-manual.xml:499
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1264,19 +1264,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:500
msgid ""
"Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
"online manual of lwat."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:502
+#: release-manual.xml:501
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:502
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1290,77 +1290,77 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:511
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:513
+#: release-manual.xml:512
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:516
+#: release-manual.xml:515
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:518
+#: release-manual.xml:517
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:521
+#: release-manual.xml:520
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:523
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:526
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "Admins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
+#: release-manual.xml:527
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:534
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:534
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: release-manual.xml:536
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:541
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:543
+#: release-manual.xml:542
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1370,12 +1370,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:548
+#: release-manual.xml:547
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:548
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1387,12 +1387,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:551
+#: release-manual.xml:550
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:554
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1400,17 +1400,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:557
+#: release-manual.xml:556
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:563
+#: release-manual.xml:562
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:564
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1419,103 +1419,191 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:564
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:566
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:568
-msgid "FIXME: describe Groups, Machine and Machine Administration here."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:567
+msgid ""
+"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
+"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
+"lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which "
+"usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu "
+"architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section of this manual."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:569
msgid ""
-"For a description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url='/"
-"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section of "
-"this manual."
+"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
+"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:580
+msgid "10.0.2.10"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:582
+msgid "10.0.2.29"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:584
+msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:589
+msgid "10.0.2.30"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:591
+msgid "10.0.2.49"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:593
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:598
+msgid "10.0.2.50"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:600
+msgid "10.0.2.99"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:602
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:571
+#: release-manual.xml:610
msgid ""
-"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
-"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
-"lwat has a hostname, an ip address, an mac address and a domain name which "
-"usually is \"intern\"."
+"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
+"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:572
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid ""
-"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
-"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
+"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
+"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
+"remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined "
+"configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:574
+#: release-manual.xml:613
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
-msgid "Adding debian-edu machines to the LDAP domain"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:618 release-manual.xml:642 release-manual.xml:919
+msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:621
msgid ""
-"FIXME: add how, is that the right headline for this? (The [<ulink url='/"
-"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>../HowTo </ulink>] Chapter should cover "
-"how to add windows/macosx machines and be linked here. Each host should be "
-"added to dhcpd.conf with a fixed IP, and to the appropriate netgroup in LDAP "
-"using lwat. [pere 2007-07-18]"
+"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
+"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
+"by hand as shown directly below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
-msgid "More lwat documentation"
+#: release-manual.xml:622
+msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:583
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid ""
-"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
+"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
+"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
+"computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </"
+"computeroutput> as root."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:587
-msgid "adding hosts to dhcpd"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:626
+msgid ""
+"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
+"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
+"<emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:588
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:629
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"You need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </computeroutput> and "
-"run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </computeroutput> as "
-"root."
+"host static00 {\n"
+" hardware ethernet 00:00:00:00:00:00;\n"
+" fixed-address static00;\n"
+"}\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
-msgid "FIXME: explain what exactly to add <inlinemediaobject>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:634
+msgid ""
+"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
+"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:636
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"host static00 {\n"
+" hardware ethernet 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6;\n"
+" fixed-address static00;\n"
+"}\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:645
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
+"whenever you have changed the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:647
+msgid "More lwat documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
+"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:652
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -1525,29 +1613,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:600
-msgid "FIXME: Go further, explain printconf"
+#: release-manual.xml:655
+msgid ""
+"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
+"do when this does not accomplish anything."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:605
+#: release-manual.xml:661
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:606
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:608
+#: release-manual.xml:664
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1557,14 +1648,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:612
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:613
+#: release-manual.xml:669
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -1572,7 +1663,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:616
+#: release-manual.xml:672
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -1581,19 +1672,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:619
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -1602,7 +1693,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:625
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -1610,41 +1701,41 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:682
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
"the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:627
+#: release-manual.xml:683
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:632
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:690
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -1652,17 +1743,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:637
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:641
+#: release-manual.xml:697
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -1671,7 +1762,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:644
+#: release-manual.xml:700
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1679,7 +1770,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -1688,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -1699,18 +1790,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:649
+#: release-manual.xml:705
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:650
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:651
+#: release-manual.xml:707
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -1722,12 +1813,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:656
+#: release-manual.xml:712
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -1735,14 +1826,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:717
msgid ""
"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -1753,19 +1844,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid "Prepare the System"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:721
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -1774,25 +1865,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:670
+#: release-manual.xml:726
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:729
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:732
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:735
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -1801,12 +1892,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:742
msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:687
+#: release-manual.xml:743
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -1814,12 +1905,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:747
msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -1827,12 +1918,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:697
+#: release-manual.xml:753
msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:754
msgid ""
"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo "
@@ -1847,72 +1938,72 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:758
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: release-manual.xml:759
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:763
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:769
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:775
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:730
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:787
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:732
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:789
msgid ""
"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -1921,12 +2012,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -1937,7 +2028,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:796
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -1947,28 +2038,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:800
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:801
msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:749
+#: release-manual.xml:805
msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:750
+#: release-manual.xml:806
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -1978,7 +2069,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid ""
"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -1987,7 +2078,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -1995,7 +2086,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:815
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2003,18 +2094,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:817
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:762
+#: release-manual.xml:818
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:763
+#: release-manual.xml:819
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2023,24 +2114,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
+#: release-manual.xml:822
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:768
+#: release-manual.xml:824
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:825
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:770
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2049,18 +2140,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:827
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:830
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2070,17 +2161,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:779
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:837
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:782
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
@@ -2089,12 +2180,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:842
msgid "Those are not that many:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: release-manual.xml:858
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
@@ -2103,7 +2194,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:867
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -2111,38 +2202,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid ""
"(see the history of those wiki pages and ask the authors if they are fine "
"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:817
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid "Other topics"
msgstr "Andre tema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid ""
"Other topics the documentation should cover, not neccessarily in the <ulink "
"url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Chapter though <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:823
+#: release-manual.xml:879
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
"definitly needs reorganisation - sorry translators <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:825
+#: release-manual.xml:881
msgid "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:829
+#: release-manual.xml:885
msgid ""
"Somewhere we also need to document lwat basics (howto create users, access "
"home dirs (or rather export them to machines) and (give a pointer to) italc "
@@ -2150,40 +2241,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:887
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:895
msgid "LDAP Setup"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:897
msgid "/etc/ in svk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:843
+#: release-manual.xml:899
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:900
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode </"
"ulink> - description of the kiosk mode settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:905
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:906
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2191,14 +2282,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:908
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
"package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:853
+#: release-manual.xml:909
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2207,19 +2298,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:856
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:915
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:860
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -2228,27 +2319,22 @@ msgid ""
"no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:863
-msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:866
+#: release-manual.xml:922
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:867
+#: release-manual.xml:923
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2257,14 +2343,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:927
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2272,12 +2358,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2285,13 +2371,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:932
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:933
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2299,12 +2385,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:880
+#: release-manual.xml:936
msgid "Java"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
@@ -2312,12 +2398,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:941
msgid "Sound & Video"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid ""
"- where to find libdvdcss for playing dvds. Should we promote <ulink "
"url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia.org/ </"
@@ -2325,14 +2411,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:946
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:891
+#: release-manual.xml:947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2340,19 +2426,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:893
+#: release-manual.xml:949
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:895
+#: release-manual.xml:951
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -2360,18 +2446,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:898
+#: release-manual.xml:954
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre tema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:955
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -2379,12 +2465,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:959
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2393,12 +2479,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid "printer managing"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:908
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
@@ -2407,22 +2493,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:911
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:914
+#: release-manual.xml:970
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/"
@@ -2431,7 +2517,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, "
"specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this "
@@ -2439,33 +2525,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:917
+#: release-manual.xml:973
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:918
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\" X_VERTREFRESH = "
"\"59-62\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:975
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:920
+#: release-manual.xml:976
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:977
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your "
"dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
@@ -2473,12 +2559,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid "load balancing servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:924
+#: release-manual.xml:980
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in "
@@ -2490,12 +2576,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:927
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -2504,21 +2590,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:985
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:930
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -2528,12 +2614,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:991
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:936
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -2546,19 +2632,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:939
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: release-manual.xml:998
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -2568,12 +2654,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:1002
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -2582,22 +2668,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:1006
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org and backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:951
+#: release-manual.xml:1007
msgid "FIXME: describe howto..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:953
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid "remote Desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
"with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from "
@@ -2605,45 +2691,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other solutions"
msgstr "Andre tema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"FIXME: should be rewritten to match the <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> "
"audience"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:1019
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1020
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:966
+#: release-manual.xml:1022
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -2653,7 +2739,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1024
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -2663,7 +2749,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -2678,7 +2764,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid ""
"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
@@ -2686,22 +2772,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:979
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:980
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:1038
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:986
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -2710,7 +2796,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -2721,48 +2807,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1050
msgid "Resources"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:995
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1056
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1060
msgid ""
"we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1008
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid "Documentation writers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -2770,12 +2856,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1074
msgid "Translations wanted"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1019
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
"Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
@@ -2785,24 +2871,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
"(the region of Extremadura)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1026
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -2810,22 +2896,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1087
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1033
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1034
+#: release-manual.xml:1090
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -2833,7 +2919,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -2841,12 +2927,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -2854,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1103
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -2863,43 +2949,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1126
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1071
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -2907,13 +2993,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1076
+#: release-manual.xml:1132
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf "
@@ -2921,7 +3007,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
+#: release-manual.xml:1133
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -2930,27 +3016,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter and Roland F. Teichert and is released under "
@@ -2958,29 +3044,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1144
msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1089
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -2990,7 +3076,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid ""
"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -3001,7 +3087,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1151
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3009,14 +3095,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1158
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and "
@@ -3025,7 +3111,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -3033,36 +3119,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid "Potential problems for translations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid ""
"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1112
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1115
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1117
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see <ulink url='http://"
@@ -3072,7 +3158,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3081,7 +3167,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3090,7 +3176,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3098,17 +3184,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1126
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1128
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3117,12 +3203,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1130
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3136,7 +3222,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3147,7 +3233,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3159,14 +3245,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3175,7 +3261,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1195
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3183,7 +3269,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1141
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3192,7 +3278,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1143
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3207,7 +3293,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3221,7 +3307,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3230,7 +3316,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3239,7 +3325,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3248,7 +3334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3257,7 +3343,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3268,7 +3354,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3278,7 +3364,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3292,7 +3378,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3302,7 +3388,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1218
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3314,7 +3400,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -3327,7 +3413,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3339,7 +3425,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3356,7 +3442,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3364,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3378,14 +3464,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1173
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3397,7 +3483,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3406,7 +3492,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1233
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3418,7 +3504,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3431,7 +3517,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -3445,7 +3531,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1240
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -3459,27 +3545,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1191
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1196
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -3491,97 +3577,97 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1269
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215 release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1271 release-manual.xml:1278
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1283
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236 release-manual.xml:1243 release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1292 release-manual.xml:1299 release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1241
+#: release-manual.xml:1297
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1253
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1311
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1257
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1263
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -3590,22 +3676,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1266
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1270
+#: release-manual.xml:1326
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1331
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 6265d6c..308308e 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
</title><para>This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para><para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-28 10:53 UTC</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 19:32 UTC</computeroutput>.
</para><para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
</para><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations
@@ -76,89 +76,88 @@
</inlinemediaobject>
</para><para>Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en.dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia
</ulink>
-</para><para>The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the thin-client-serves, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client-server doesn't affect the rest of the network services.
-</para><para>The reason that there can only be one main-server in each school network is that the main-server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move the services of the main-server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS-configuration pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer.
-</para><para>In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux the Internet connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with both a modem as an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such a setup work out-of-the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust default situation to this should be documented separately).
+</para><para>The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect the rest of the network services.
+</para><para>The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer.
+</para><para>In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the default situation to this should be documented separately).
</para><para/>
</section><section><title>Services
-</title><para>With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main-server). Because of performance reasons the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is possible to install both the main-server and thin-client-server profiles on the same machine), All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual machines from the main-server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that machine first off course).
-</para><para>To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain text.
+</title><para>With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that machine first of course).
+</para><para>To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain text.
</para><para>Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where possible the DNS name correspond to the service name in <computeroutput>/etc/services
</computeroutput>, where this is not possible the common name of the service is used as the DNS name. All configuration files will, if possible, refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain), or their IP address.
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Centralized Logging [syslog]
-</listitem><listitem>DNS (Bind) [domain]
-</listitem><listitem>Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]
-</listitem><listitem>Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]
-</listitem><listitem>Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]
-</listitem><listitem>Elektronic Post Office [postoffice]
-</listitem><listitem>Directoryservice(OpenLDAP) [ldap]
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Centralized Logging [syslog]
+</listitem><listitem>DNS (Bind) [domain]
+</listitem><listitem>Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]
+</listitem><listitem>Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]
+</listitem><listitem>Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]
+</listitem><listitem>Electronic Post Office [postoffice]
+</listitem><listitem>Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]
</listitem><listitem>User Administration (lwat)
-</listitem><listitem>Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]
-</listitem><listitem>Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]
-</listitem><listitem>Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]
-</listitem><listitem>Printing (CUPS) [ipp]
-</listitem><listitem>Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]
-</listitem><listitem>Automatic configuring [cfengine]
-</listitem><listitem>Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\#]
-</listitem><listitem>Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by Email (munin and site-summary)
+</listitem><listitem>Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]
+</listitem><listitem>Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]
+</listitem><listitem>Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]
+</listitem><listitem>Printing (CUPS) [ipp]
+</listitem><listitem>Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]
+</listitem><listitem>Automatic Configuration [cfengine]
+</listitem><listitem>Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\#]
+</listitem><listitem>Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin and site-summary)
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic in offering access using NFS for Unix Clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients.
-</para><para>By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a fixed Internet-connection. Mailing lists are set up based on the user database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through either POP3 or IMAP.
-</para><para>All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorization.
-</para><para>To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines.
-</para><para>Network configuration on the clients is done automagically using DHCP. Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services).
-</para><para>Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network.
-</para><para>By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server.
-</para><para>Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdiretories to certain users and groups. Users will have the possibility to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side.
-</para><para>Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralized directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which have to be network groups, have the same namespace as user groups and mailing lists.
-</para><para>Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the webbrowsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems.
-</para><para>In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the clocks of the different machines need to be synchronized. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time.
+</itemizedlist><para>Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic in offering access using NFS for Unix Clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients.
+</para><para>By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a fixed Internet-connection. Mailing lists are set up based on the user database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through either POP3 or IMAP.
+</para><para>All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorization.
+</para><para>To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines.
+</para><para>Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services).
+</para><para>Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network.
+</para><para>By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server.
+</para><para>Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdiretories to certain users and groups. Users will have the possibility to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side.
+</para><para>Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralized directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which have to be network groups, have the same namespace as user groups and mailing lists.
+</para><para>Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems.
+</para><para>In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time.
</para><para>Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to, this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers.
</para><para/><section><title>Thin client services
-</title><para>A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. This means that that machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP).
-</para><para>Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP-server, and finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server.
+</title><para>A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. This means that that machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP).
+</para><para>Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP-server, and finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server.
</para><para>The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify which client is logged onto what on the central server?)
</para><para/>
</section>
</section><section><title>Administration
-</title><para>All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to login to all machines by ssh, and thereby have full access to the machines
-</para><para>We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automatation distribute the changes.
+</title><para>All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to login to all machines by ssh, and thereby have full access to the machines
+</para><para>We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automatation distribute the changes.
</para><para>All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database and is used by the clients for user authentication.
</para><para/>
</section><section><title>Installation
</title><para>Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD.
-</para><para>The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD installation works without access to the Internet.
+</para><para>The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD installation works without access to the Internet.
</para><para>The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, workstation, thin client server). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a centrally location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation.
</para><para/>
</section><section><title>File system access configuration
-</title><para>Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user.
+</title><para>Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user.
</para><para>To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/
</computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/
-</computeroutput>, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed, to accomodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage.
+</computeroutput>, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed, to accomodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage.
</para><para>To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html'>More info on private groups
</ulink> is available from Redhat.) This allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a file group. Therefore, the users' umask should be 00X. (If all users initially should be able to read newly created files, then X=2. If only the relevant group should be given initial read access then X=7.)
-</para><para>The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action, or they may be initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. This is detectable only upon inspection of other users' directories, where one can see that the files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues).
+</para><para>The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action, or they may be initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. This is detectable only upon inspection of other users' directories, where one can see that the files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues).
</para><para>Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but particular directories are created in which the content is initially blocked. This will simplify deciding whether the file should be made readable or not. Concretely, umask should be set to 002, and <computeroutput>~/
</computeroutput> created with privileges 0775, <computeroutput>~/priv/
</computeroutput> given 0750,and <computeroutput>~/pub/
</computeroutput> given 0775. Files that should not be readable by others should be put in <computeroutput>~/priv/
</computeroutput>, whereas public files will be put in <computeroutput>~/pub/
-</computeroutput>. Other files will initially be accessible, but may be blocked as needed.
+</computeroutput>. Other files will initially be accessible, but may be blocked as needed.
</para><para>ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/
-</computeroutput> is 755.
+</computeroutput> is 755.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para/>
</section><section><title>random notes
-</title><para>These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this document.
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which groups have access to which machines.
-</listitem><listitem>Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)
-</listitem><listitem>Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606.
+</title><para>These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this document.
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which groups have access to which machines.
+</listitem><listitem>Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)
+</listitem><listitem>Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606.
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/><para>
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en
-</ulink> ( at that time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen <<ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com
-</ulink>>, released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those copyright notes as well.
+</itemizedlist><para/><para> <emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en
+</ulink> ( at that time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < <ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com
+</ulink> >, released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those copyright notes as well.
</emphasis>
</para>
</section>
@@ -565,39 +564,96 @@ password: somethingsecret
</para><para>The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too.
</para><para/>
</section><section><title>Machine Management with lwat
-</title><para>FIXME: describe Groups, Machine and Machine Administration here.
-</para><para>For a description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture
+</title><para>With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which usually is "intern". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture
</ulink> section of this manual.
-</para><para>With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using lwat has a hostname, an ip address, an mac address and a domain name which usually is "intern".
</para><para>If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry><para><emphasis role='strong'>First address
+</emphasis>
+</para>
+</entry><entry><para><emphasis role='strong'>Last address
+</emphasis>
+</para>
+</entry><entry><para><emphasis role='strong'>hostname
+</emphasis>
+</para>
+</entry>
+</row><row><entry><para>10.0.2.10
+</para>
+</entry><entry><para>10.0.2.29
+</para>
+</entry><entry><para>ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
+</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
+</para>
+</entry>
+</row><row><entry><para>10.0.2.30
+</para>
+</entry><entry><para>10.0.2.49
+</para>
+</entry><entry><para>printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
+</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
+</para>
+</entry>
+</row><row><entry><para>10.0.2.50
+</para>
+</entry><entry><para>10.0.2.99
+</para>
+</entry><entry><para>static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
+</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
+</para>
+</entry>
+</row>
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</table><para>The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically.
+</para><para>To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined configuration.
</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-addmachine.png'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
-</para><para/><section><title>Adding debian-edu machines to the LDAP domain
-</title><para>FIXME: add how, is that the right headline for this? (The [<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>../HowTo
-</ulink>] Chapter should cover how to add windows/macosx machines and be linked here. Each host should be added to dhcpd.conf with a fixed IP, and to the appropriate netgroup in LDAP using lwat. [pere 2007-07-18]
+</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
+</phrase>
+</textobject>
+</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server by hand as shown directly below.
+</para><para/><section><title>Assign static ip addresses with dhcp
+</title><para>To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf
+</computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart
+</computeroutput> as root.
+</para><para>For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host <emphasis>static00
+</emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this:
+</para><para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[host static00 {
+ hardware ethernet 00:00:00:00:00:00;
+ fixed-address static00;
+}
+]]>
+</screen><para>You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your static host. For our example host it will look like this:
+</para><para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[host static00 {
+ hardware ethernet 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6;
+ fixed-address static00;
+}
+]]>
+</screen><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
+</phrase>
+</textobject>
+</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above whenever you have changed the configuration.
</para><para/>
</section><section><title>More lwat documentation
</title><para>The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/
</computeroutput> on the main server.
</para><para/>
</section>
-</section><section><title>adding hosts to dhcpd
-</title><para>You need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf
-</computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart
-</computeroutput> as root.
-</para><para>FIXME: explain what exactly to add <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
-</phrase>
-</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject>
-</para><para/>
</section><section><title>Printer Managment
</title><para>For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www:631'>https://www:631
</ulink> This is the normal cups management site where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, you will be forced to use ssl encryption.
-</para><para>FIXME: Go further, explain printconf
+</para><para>If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run <computeroutput>printconf
+</computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to do when this does not accomplish anything.
</para>
</section>
</section>
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list